1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
29 #include "blockinput.h"
30 #include "syssignal.h"
32 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
33 if this is not done before the other system files. */
35 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
37 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
38 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
40 #include <sys/types.h>
43 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
50 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
51 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
54 #include "character.h"
57 #include "dispextern.h"
59 #include "termhooks.h"
62 #include "emacs-icon.h"
67 #include "intervals.h"
73 #include "xsettings.h"
75 #include "sysselect.h"
78 #include <X11/Shell.h>
86 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
91 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
95 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
97 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
98 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
100 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
102 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
103 #if defined USE_MOTIF
104 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
105 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
106 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
109 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
110 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
111 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
112 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
113 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
114 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
115 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
117 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
118 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
119 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
120 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
122 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
126 #ifndef XtNinitialState
127 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
131 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
133 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
137 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
142 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
145 static int any_help_event_p
;
147 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
148 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
150 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
153 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
155 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
156 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
157 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
158 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
160 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
162 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
164 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
166 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
171 } pending_event_wait
;
174 /* The application context for Xt use. */
175 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
176 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
178 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
180 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
181 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
183 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
184 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
185 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
187 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
191 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
192 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
193 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
194 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
196 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
198 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
199 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
200 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
201 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
202 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
203 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
204 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
205 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
206 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
209 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
211 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
212 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
213 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
215 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
217 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
218 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
221 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
222 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
225 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
227 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
228 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
229 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
230 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
231 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
232 it's somewhat accurate. */
234 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
236 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
238 static Time last_user_time
;
240 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
243 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
245 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
247 static int x_noop_count
;
249 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
251 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
252 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
255 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
256 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
258 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
259 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
262 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
263 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
267 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
272 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
273 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
274 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
275 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
277 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
278 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
279 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
281 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
282 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
283 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
284 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
285 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
288 /* Used in x_flush. */
290 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
291 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
292 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
293 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
294 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
295 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
297 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
298 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
299 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
300 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
301 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
302 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
303 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
304 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
305 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
306 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
307 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
308 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
309 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
310 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
311 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
312 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
313 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
314 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
315 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
316 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
317 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
319 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
320 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
321 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
322 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
323 static void x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*);
324 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
325 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
326 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
327 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
329 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
330 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
331 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
332 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
333 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
334 int *, struct input_event
*);
336 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
338 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
339 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
340 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
341 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
342 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
343 static void x_initialize (void);
346 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
349 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
351 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
352 connection may be broken. */
353 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
359 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
360 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
361 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
362 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
364 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
365 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
370 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
371 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
372 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
373 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
374 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
377 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
380 /***********************************************************************
382 ***********************************************************************/
386 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
387 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
395 struct record event_record
[100];
397 int event_record_index
;
400 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
402 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
403 event_record_index
= 0;
405 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
406 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
407 event_record_index
++;
414 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
416 struct x_display_info
*
417 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
419 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
421 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
422 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
429 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
431 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
432 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
433 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
435 while (wi
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
439 unsigned int nchildren
;
442 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
449 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
452 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
454 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
455 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
456 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
458 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
462 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
467 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
468 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
469 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
470 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
474 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
476 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
479 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
481 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
483 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
484 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
485 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
486 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
488 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
490 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
491 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
492 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
494 /* return unless necessary */
499 unsigned long n
, left
;
501 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
502 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
503 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
506 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
508 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
518 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
519 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
520 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
525 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
527 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
531 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
533 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
537 /***********************************************************************
538 Starting and ending an update
539 ***********************************************************************/
541 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
542 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
543 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
544 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
545 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
548 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
554 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
555 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
559 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
561 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
562 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
565 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
569 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
571 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
572 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
574 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
576 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
577 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
584 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
587 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
589 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
592 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
594 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
597 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
598 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
601 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
603 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
604 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
606 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
607 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
608 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
610 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
611 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
615 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, int cursor_on_p
, int mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
617 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
619 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
624 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
626 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
628 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
629 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
634 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
635 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
636 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
638 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
639 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
640 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
643 updated_window
= NULL
;
647 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
651 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
653 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
654 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
658 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
664 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
665 complete update has been performed. The global variable
666 updated_window is not available here. */
669 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
672 FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f
);
676 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
677 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
678 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
679 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
680 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
681 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
684 x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
686 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
692 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
693 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
695 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
696 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
697 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
698 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
699 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
700 overhead is very small. */
701 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
702 && desired_row
->full_width_p
703 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
704 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
706 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
709 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
712 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
713 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
714 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
715 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
716 y
, width
, height
, False
);
722 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
724 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
725 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
726 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
727 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
728 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
730 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
731 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
735 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
737 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
738 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
739 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
740 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
742 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
744 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
746 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
747 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
748 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
749 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
750 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
751 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
752 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
753 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
755 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
759 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
760 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
761 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
765 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
766 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== p
->x
)
767 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
768 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== bar_area_x
)
772 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
774 nx
= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
775 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
777 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
782 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== bx
)
784 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
785 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
787 else if (bx
+ nx
== bar_area_x
)
788 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
793 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
794 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
797 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
803 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
804 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
808 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
810 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
812 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
814 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
816 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
817 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
819 face
->background
, depth
);
823 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
824 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
827 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
828 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
829 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
830 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
833 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
834 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
835 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
839 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
840 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
841 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
845 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
850 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
851 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
852 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
856 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
860 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
861 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
864 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
869 /***********************************************************************
871 ***********************************************************************/
875 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
876 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
877 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*,
879 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
880 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
881 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
882 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
883 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
884 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
885 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
886 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
887 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
888 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
889 unsigned long *, double, int);
890 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
891 double, int, unsigned long);
892 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
893 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
894 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
895 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
896 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
897 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
899 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
900 int, int, int, int, int, int,
902 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
903 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
904 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
907 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
911 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
915 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
917 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
918 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
919 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
921 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
924 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
928 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
929 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
931 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
932 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
933 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
934 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
935 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
936 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
937 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
939 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
940 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
941 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
943 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
944 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
947 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
948 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
949 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
951 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
952 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
955 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
956 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
958 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
963 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
966 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
971 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
972 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
973 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
975 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
977 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
978 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
980 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
981 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
982 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
984 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
988 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
993 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
994 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
995 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
996 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
998 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
999 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1002 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1003 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1005 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1008 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1012 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1013 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1014 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1017 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1019 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1023 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1024 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1028 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1030 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1032 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1034 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1035 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1037 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1039 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1040 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1042 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1044 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1047 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1049 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1050 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1052 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1053 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1055 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1056 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1060 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1061 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1064 /* GC must have been set. */
1065 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1069 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1070 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1073 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1075 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1076 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1079 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1084 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1085 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1089 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1094 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1096 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1099 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1104 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1107 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1110 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1111 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1113 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1115 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1117 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1118 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1121 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1122 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1123 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1127 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1129 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1131 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1132 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1133 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1137 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1138 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1143 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1146 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1149 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1150 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1151 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1152 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1156 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1157 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1158 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1159 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1160 contains the first component of a composition. */
1163 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, int force_p
)
1165 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1166 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1167 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1169 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1173 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1174 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1175 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1176 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1177 s
->background_width
,
1178 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1179 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1180 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1182 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1183 || s
->font_not_found_p
1184 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1187 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1188 s
->background_width
,
1189 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1190 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1196 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1199 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1203 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1204 of S to the right of that box line. */
1205 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1206 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1207 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1211 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1213 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1215 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1217 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1218 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1219 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1221 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1226 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1227 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1230 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1231 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1233 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1235 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1236 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1238 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1239 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1240 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1244 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1247 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1250 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1252 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1253 of S to the right of that box line. */
1254 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1255 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1256 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1260 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1261 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1262 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1263 this composition. */
1265 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1266 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1267 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1269 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1270 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1271 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1273 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1277 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1278 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1279 space on the left or right. */
1280 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1282 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1283 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1285 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1286 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1287 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1292 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1297 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1299 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1300 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1301 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1304 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1308 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1309 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1310 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1313 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1314 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1315 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1316 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1317 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1318 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1326 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1327 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1328 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1334 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1337 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1339 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1343 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1344 of S to the right of that box line. */
1345 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1346 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1347 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1353 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1355 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1356 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1358 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1361 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1362 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1366 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1367 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1368 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1369 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1370 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1371 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1374 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1376 sprintf ((char *) buf
, "%0*X",
1377 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1378 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1384 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1387 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1388 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1390 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1391 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1393 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1394 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1395 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1397 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1398 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1399 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1402 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1403 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1404 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1405 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1406 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1407 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1411 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1413 static Boolean
cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1414 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*);
1415 static void cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1416 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*);
1420 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1421 cannot be determined. */
1423 static struct frame
*
1424 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1426 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1427 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
1430 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1432 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1433 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1434 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1435 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1436 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1437 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1439 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1440 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1441 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
1445 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1446 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
1447 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1453 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1454 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1455 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1456 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1457 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1458 Value is true if successful. */
1461 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1462 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1464 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1465 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1468 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
1471 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1472 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1474 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1476 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1478 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1483 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1484 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1486 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1489 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1491 DPY is the display we are working on.
1493 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1494 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1495 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1496 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1498 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1499 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1501 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1502 we allocated the color or not.
1504 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1507 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1508 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1509 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1519 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1520 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1522 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1526 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1527 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1528 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1530 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1532 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1533 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1535 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1537 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1538 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1540 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1541 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1543 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1544 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1549 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1551 params
[0] = color_name
;
1552 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1553 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1554 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1559 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1561 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1563 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1567 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1571 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1572 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1575 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1580 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1581 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1582 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1584 APP is the application context in which we work.
1586 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1587 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1588 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1590 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1593 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1598 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1600 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1603 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1605 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1606 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1607 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1608 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1609 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1614 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1617 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1618 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1619 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1620 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1622 static const XColor
*
1623 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1625 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1627 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1629 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1630 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1633 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1634 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1635 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1637 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1638 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1640 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1641 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1644 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1645 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1649 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1650 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1653 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1655 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1657 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1660 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1662 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1663 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1664 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1665 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1669 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1673 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1674 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1677 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1679 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1683 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1684 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1685 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1689 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1693 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1696 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1697 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1698 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1699 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1701 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1702 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1703 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1705 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1707 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1709 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1710 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1711 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1712 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1714 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1717 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1721 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1722 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1723 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1724 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1728 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1729 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1730 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1731 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1732 XColor
*cached_color
;
1734 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1735 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1736 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1737 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1738 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1740 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1741 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1742 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1746 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1748 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1749 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1755 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1756 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1757 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1761 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1763 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1764 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1768 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1769 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1770 get color reference counts right. */
1773 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1777 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1779 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1780 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1782 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1783 register_color (pixel
);
1789 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1792 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1793 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1794 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1795 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1796 use an additional additive factor.
1798 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1799 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1800 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1803 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1804 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1805 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1806 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1807 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1808 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1811 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1817 /* Get RGB color values. */
1818 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1819 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1821 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1822 eassert (factor
>= 0);
1823 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1824 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1825 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1827 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1828 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1830 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1831 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1832 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1833 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1834 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1836 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1837 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1838 /* The additive adjustment. */
1839 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1843 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1844 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1845 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1849 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1850 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1851 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1855 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1856 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1859 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1861 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1862 delta to the RGB values. */
1863 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1865 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1866 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1867 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1868 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1879 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1880 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1881 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1882 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1883 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1884 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1887 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1890 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1891 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1892 unsigned long pixel
;
1893 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1894 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1895 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1896 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1898 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1899 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1901 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1902 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1903 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1905 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1907 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1908 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1911 /* Allocate new color. */
1912 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1914 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1915 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1917 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1918 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1921 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1923 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1925 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1928 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1932 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1935 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1937 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1938 unsigned long color
;
1940 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1941 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1942 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1944 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1945 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1950 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1951 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1952 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1955 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1956 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1958 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1959 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1960 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1961 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1962 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1967 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1968 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1969 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1970 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1971 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1972 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1976 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1977 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1978 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1979 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1981 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1982 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1987 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1989 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1990 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1992 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
1993 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
1994 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2001 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2002 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2003 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2005 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2006 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2007 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2008 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2015 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2017 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2018 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2020 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2021 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2022 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2025 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2027 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2029 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2030 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2034 /* Outermost top line. */
2036 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2037 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2038 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2040 /* Outermost left line. */
2042 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2048 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2049 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2050 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2051 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2052 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2053 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2054 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2060 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2061 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2062 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2063 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2064 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2067 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2071 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2072 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2073 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2074 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2075 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2076 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2079 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2080 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2081 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2085 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2086 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2087 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2090 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2091 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2095 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2096 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2099 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2100 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2104 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2105 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2107 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2108 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2112 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2115 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2117 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2118 int left_p
, right_p
;
2119 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2120 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2122 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2123 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2124 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2126 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2127 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2129 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2131 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2132 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2134 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2136 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2138 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2140 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2141 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2143 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2144 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2145 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2147 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2149 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2151 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2152 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2153 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2156 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2157 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2158 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2163 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2166 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2169 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2171 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2172 right of that line. */
2173 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2174 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2176 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2178 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2180 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2181 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2182 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2183 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2189 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2190 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2191 trust on the shape extension to be available
2192 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2194 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2197 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2199 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2200 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2201 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2202 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2203 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2205 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2208 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2209 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2210 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2211 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2212 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2213 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2217 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2219 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2222 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2223 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2224 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2225 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2226 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2227 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2229 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2230 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2231 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2232 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2233 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2234 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2235 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2237 int relief
= s
->img
->relief
;
2238 if (relief
< 0) relief
= -relief
;
2239 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2240 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2241 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2242 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2247 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2248 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2249 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2253 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2256 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2258 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2259 int extra_x
, extra_y
;
2262 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2264 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2265 right of that line. */
2266 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2267 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2269 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2271 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2273 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2274 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2275 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2276 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2278 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2279 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2281 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2282 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2286 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2287 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2290 extra_x
= extra_y
= 0;
2291 if (s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
)
2293 if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)
2294 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2295 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)))
2297 extra_x
= XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2298 extra_y
= XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2300 else if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2301 extra_x
= extra_y
= XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
2304 x0
= x
- thick
- extra_x
;
2305 y0
= y
- thick
- extra_y
;
2306 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1 + extra_x
;
2307 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1 + extra_y
;
2309 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2310 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2311 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2313 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2315 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2320 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2323 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2326 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2328 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2329 right of that line. */
2330 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2331 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2333 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2335 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2337 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2338 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2339 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2340 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2346 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2347 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2348 trust on the shape extension to be available
2349 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2351 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2355 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2356 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2357 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2358 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2359 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2361 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2362 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2363 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2364 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2368 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2369 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2370 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2372 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2373 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2374 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2375 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2376 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2377 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2378 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2380 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2382 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2383 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2384 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2389 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2390 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2391 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2395 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2396 give the rectangle to draw. */
2399 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2403 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2404 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2405 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2406 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2409 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2413 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2416 s->x +-------------------------
2419 | +-------------------------
2422 | | +-------------------
2428 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2430 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2431 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2433 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2436 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2437 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2438 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2439 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2441 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2442 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2444 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2445 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2449 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2450 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2454 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2455 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2456 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2457 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2458 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2460 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2461 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2462 s
->background_width
,
2465 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2467 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2469 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2472 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2473 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2474 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2475 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2476 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2477 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2478 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2483 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2485 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2486 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2487 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2488 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2496 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2498 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2500 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2501 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2503 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2506 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2509 /* Draw the foreground. */
2512 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2513 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2514 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2515 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2516 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2519 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2521 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2523 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2524 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2525 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2529 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2532 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2534 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2536 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2537 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2539 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2540 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2541 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2544 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2546 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2550 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2556 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2558 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2560 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2561 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2562 x
+= background_width
;
2564 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2565 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2569 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2571 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2572 if (width
< background_width
)
2575 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2579 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2583 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2584 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2586 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2592 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2593 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2595 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2597 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2598 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2599 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2600 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2605 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2606 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2607 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2608 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2612 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2614 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2615 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2617 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2618 except for header line and mode line. */
2619 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2621 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2624 if (background_width
> 0)
2625 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2628 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2632 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
2638 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
2643 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2645 int wave_height
= 2, wave_length
= 3;
2646 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, odd
, xmax
;
2647 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
2650 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
2656 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
2658 wave_clip
= (XRectangle
){ x0
, y0
, width
, wave_height
};
2659 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
2661 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
2664 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
2666 /* Draw the waves */
2668 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
2678 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
2683 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
2685 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
2689 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
2690 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
2694 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2697 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2699 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2701 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2702 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2703 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2704 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2707 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2709 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2710 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2711 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2712 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2714 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2715 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2716 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2717 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2719 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2720 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2724 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2725 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2727 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2728 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2729 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2730 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2731 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2732 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2735 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2736 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2737 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2738 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2741 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2743 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2744 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2745 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2746 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2747 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2748 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2750 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2752 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2755 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2759 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2763 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2764 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2766 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2767 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2770 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2771 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2772 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2773 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2775 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2776 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2779 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2780 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2781 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2783 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2784 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2791 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2793 /* Draw underline. */
2794 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2796 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
2798 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2799 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2803 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2804 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2805 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2806 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2809 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2811 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2814 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2816 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2817 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2818 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2822 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2823 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2824 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2827 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2828 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2831 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2832 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2833 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2834 specs, and its default is
2836 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2837 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2839 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2840 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2841 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2843 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2845 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2847 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2849 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2850 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2851 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2852 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2853 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2854 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2855 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2856 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2857 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2858 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2859 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2860 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2864 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2865 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2866 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2867 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2868 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2872 /* Draw overline. */
2873 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2875 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2877 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2878 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2883 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2884 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2885 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2887 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2891 /* Draw strike-through. */
2892 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2894 unsigned long h
= 1;
2895 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2897 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2898 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2903 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2904 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2905 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2907 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2911 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2912 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2913 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2917 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2919 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2920 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2921 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2923 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2924 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2925 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2928 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2929 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2930 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2931 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2933 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2934 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2936 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2942 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2944 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2945 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2946 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2948 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2949 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2950 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2953 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2954 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2955 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2956 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2958 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2959 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2961 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2962 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
2967 /* Reset clipping. */
2968 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2972 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2975 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2977 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2978 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2979 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2983 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2987 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2993 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2994 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2997 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
2999 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
3000 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
3004 /* Clear an entire frame. */
3007 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
3009 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
3011 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
3012 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
3013 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
3015 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
3016 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
3019 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
3021 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
3022 something like that, then they should be notified. */
3023 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
3025 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3026 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
3027 redisplay, do it here. */
3028 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
3029 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3032 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3039 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
3042 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3048 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3049 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3050 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3052 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3053 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3054 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3055 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3057 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3061 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3064 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3065 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3066 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3067 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3068 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3069 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3070 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3071 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3072 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3075 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3076 pixels into background pixels. */
3080 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3081 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3082 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3084 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3085 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3089 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3090 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3091 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3092 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3093 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3094 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3095 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3099 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3100 edge it is next to. */
3101 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3103 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3104 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3107 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3108 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3115 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3117 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3118 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3120 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3122 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3123 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3124 width
, flash_height
);
3125 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3127 (height
- flash_height
3128 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3129 width
, flash_height
);
3133 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3134 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3135 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3136 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3141 EMACS_TIME delay
= make_emacs_time (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3142 EMACS_TIME wakeup
= add_emacs_time (current_emacs_time (), delay
);
3144 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3146 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3148 EMACS_TIME current
= current_emacs_time ();
3151 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3152 if (EMACS_TIME_LE (wakeup
, current
))
3155 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3156 timeout
= make_emacs_time (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3158 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3159 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3163 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3164 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3166 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3168 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3169 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3170 width
, flash_height
);
3171 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3173 (height
- flash_height
3174 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3175 width
, flash_height
);
3178 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3179 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3180 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3181 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3187 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3189 #undef XFillRectangle
3191 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3202 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (FRAME_PTR f
, int invisible
)
3207 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3208 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3209 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3212 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3213 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3214 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3219 /* Make audible bell. */
3222 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3224 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3231 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3232 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3239 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3240 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3241 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3242 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3245 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3247 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3252 /***********************************************************************
3254 ***********************************************************************/
3256 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3257 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3260 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3266 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3269 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3271 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3272 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3274 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3275 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3277 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3279 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3280 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
3281 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
3282 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
3283 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
3284 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
3285 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
3286 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
3288 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
3292 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
3293 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
3294 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
3296 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== x
)
3298 x
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
3299 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3301 else if (x
+ width
== bar_area_x
)
3302 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3307 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3308 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3309 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3313 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3314 line at the bottom. */
3315 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3316 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3318 height
= run
->height
;
3322 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3324 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3325 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3327 height
= run
->height
;
3332 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3336 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3337 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3338 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3348 /***********************************************************************
3350 ***********************************************************************/
3354 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3356 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3357 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3358 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3359 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3361 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3362 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3363 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3364 because of this (bug#9310). */
3365 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3366 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3367 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3368 x_uncatch_errors ();
3370 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3371 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3375 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3377 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3378 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3379 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3380 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3382 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3383 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3384 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3385 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3386 x_uncatch_errors ();
3388 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3389 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3392 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3393 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3394 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3395 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3396 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3399 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3401 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3403 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3405 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3406 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3407 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3409 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3410 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3412 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3413 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3415 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3418 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3421 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3422 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3423 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3426 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3428 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3430 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3432 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3433 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3435 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3436 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3437 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
3438 if ((NILP (Vterminal_frame
) || EQ (Fdaemonp(), Qt
))
3439 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3440 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3442 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3443 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3447 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3450 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3451 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3454 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3456 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3458 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3460 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3461 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3465 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3466 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3468 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3469 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3473 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3474 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3476 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3479 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3481 struct frame
*frame
;
3483 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3487 switch (event
->type
)
3492 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3494 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3496 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3497 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3498 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3499 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3501 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3507 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3508 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3509 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3510 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3514 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3516 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3517 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3518 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3525 #if defined HAVE_MENUS && !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3526 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3529 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3531 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3535 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3536 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3537 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3539 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3540 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3541 the appropriate X display info. */
3544 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3546 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3550 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3552 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3554 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3556 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3557 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3558 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3559 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3560 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3562 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
3563 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3567 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3569 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3572 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3573 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3574 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3580 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3582 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3584 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3586 int min_code
, max_code
;
3589 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3591 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3592 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3593 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3594 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3595 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3597 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3599 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3600 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3602 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3604 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3605 Alt keysyms are on. */
3607 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3608 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3610 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3612 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3613 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3615 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3617 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3621 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3625 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3627 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3633 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3634 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3639 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3640 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3645 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3646 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3647 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3648 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3653 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3654 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3655 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3656 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3660 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3661 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3662 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3663 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3664 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3673 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3674 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3676 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3677 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3680 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3681 make them just meta, not alt. */
3682 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3684 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3688 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3691 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3695 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3697 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3698 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3699 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3700 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3703 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3704 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3705 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3706 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3707 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3708 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3709 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3710 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3712 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3713 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3714 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3715 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3716 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3717 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3721 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3723 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3724 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3725 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3726 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3730 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3731 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3732 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3733 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3734 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3735 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3736 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3737 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3740 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3741 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3742 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3743 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3744 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3745 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3748 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3751 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3756 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3764 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3766 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3768 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3772 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3774 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3776 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3777 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3778 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3779 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3781 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3785 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3786 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3787 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3793 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3794 The input handler calls this.
3796 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3797 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3798 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3799 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3801 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3802 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3805 note_mouse_movement (FRAME_PTR frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3807 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3808 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3809 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3811 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3814 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3816 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3817 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3818 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3819 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3824 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3825 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3826 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3827 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3828 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3829 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3831 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3832 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3833 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3834 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3835 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3836 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3844 /************************************************************************
3846 ************************************************************************/
3849 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3851 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3852 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3853 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3854 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3855 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3860 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3861 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3863 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3864 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3865 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3866 position on the scroll bar.
3868 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3869 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3872 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3873 was at this position.
3875 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3877 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3881 XTmouse_position (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3882 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3889 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3890 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3896 Window dummy_window
;
3899 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3901 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3902 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3903 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3904 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3905 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3907 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3909 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3910 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3911 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3913 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3916 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3917 a different screen. */
3920 /* The position on that root window. */
3923 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3926 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3928 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3930 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3931 containing the pointer. */
3935 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3939 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3940 structure is changing at the same time this function
3941 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3943 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3945 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3946 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3948 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3949 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3950 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3952 /* From-window, to-window. */
3953 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3955 /* From-position, to-position. */
3956 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3960 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3966 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3968 /* From-window, to-window. */
3971 /* From-position, to-position. */
3972 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3977 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3980 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3981 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3982 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3983 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3984 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3992 /* Now we know that:
3993 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3994 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3995 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3996 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3997 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3998 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3999 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4000 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4001 never use them in that case.) */
4004 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4005 want the edit window. */
4006 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4008 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4009 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4012 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4013 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4016 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4017 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4019 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4022 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4025 x_uncatch_errors ();
4027 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4030 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4032 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4036 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4042 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4043 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4047 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4048 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4049 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4050 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4051 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4052 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4053 the frame are divided into. */
4055 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4056 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4061 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4062 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4063 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4073 /***********************************************************************
4075 ***********************************************************************/
4077 /* Scroll bar support. */
4079 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4081 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4084 static struct scroll_bar
*
4085 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4087 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4089 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4090 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4091 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4093 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4095 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
4097 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4100 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4102 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4103 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4104 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4105 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4106 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4109 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4110 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4111 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4112 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4119 #if defined USE_LUCID
4121 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4122 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4125 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4127 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4129 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4130 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4132 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4134 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4140 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4143 /************************************************************************
4145 ************************************************************************/
4147 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4149 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4150 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4151 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4152 struct scroll_bar
*);
4153 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4157 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4158 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4160 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4162 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4164 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4166 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4167 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4170 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4172 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4174 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4176 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4177 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4178 to avoid jerkiness. */
4180 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4182 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4183 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4184 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4185 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4188 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4189 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4192 const char *end_action
;
4195 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4196 end_action
= "Release";
4197 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4198 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4199 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4200 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4203 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4204 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4208 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4209 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4210 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4212 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4214 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4215 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4216 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4218 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4219 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4221 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4222 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4225 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4227 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4228 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4230 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4231 static ptrdiff_t scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4234 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4235 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4236 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4237 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4240 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4243 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4244 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4245 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4250 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4251 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4252 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4253 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4254 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4257 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4258 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4259 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4260 into that array in the event. */
4261 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4262 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4265 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4267 ptrdiff_t old_nbytes
=
4268 scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4270 enum { XClientMessageEvent_MAX
= 0x7fffffff };
4271 scroll_bar_windows
=
4272 xpalloc (scroll_bar_windows
, &scroll_bar_windows_size
, 1,
4273 XClientMessageEvent_MAX
, sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
);
4274 nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4275 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4278 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4279 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4280 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4281 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4282 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4283 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4285 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4286 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4287 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4288 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4291 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4292 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4293 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4294 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4299 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4303 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4305 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4309 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4310 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4312 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4314 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4315 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4318 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4321 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4323 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4324 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4325 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4326 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4327 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4333 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4335 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4338 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4339 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4340 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4343 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4345 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4346 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4347 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4351 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4352 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4353 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4356 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4357 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4358 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4361 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4362 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4363 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4366 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4367 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4368 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4372 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4373 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4376 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4377 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4378 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4385 /* Get the slider size. */
4387 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4390 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4391 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4392 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4393 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4397 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4403 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4404 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4405 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4409 #elif defined USE_GTK
4411 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4412 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4415 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4416 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4420 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4422 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4423 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4424 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4426 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4427 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4432 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4433 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4434 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4435 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4437 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4438 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4439 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4440 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4441 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4444 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4445 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4446 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4448 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4449 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4450 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4452 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4453 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4454 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4456 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4457 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4458 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4464 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4465 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4466 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4472 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4475 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4476 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4479 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4480 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4481 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4483 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4484 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4485 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4492 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4494 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4495 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4496 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4500 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4502 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4503 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4505 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4508 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4510 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4514 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4516 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
4517 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4518 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4519 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4520 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4522 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4524 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4526 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4527 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4528 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4529 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4533 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4534 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4535 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4536 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4537 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4538 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4539 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4542 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4544 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4545 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4546 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4550 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4552 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4555 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4556 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4558 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4559 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4560 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4561 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4563 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4565 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4566 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4567 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4568 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4571 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4573 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4575 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4576 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4580 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4582 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4585 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4586 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4591 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4594 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4600 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4601 unsigned long pixel
;
4606 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4607 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4608 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4609 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4610 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4611 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4612 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4613 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4615 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4618 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4622 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4625 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4629 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4630 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4632 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4633 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4635 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4637 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4639 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4641 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4643 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4645 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4648 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4649 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4651 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4652 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4653 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4654 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4656 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4658 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4659 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4660 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4661 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4662 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4663 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4664 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4665 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4667 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4670 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4674 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4677 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4681 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4683 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4684 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4686 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4689 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4690 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4691 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4693 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4696 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4698 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4701 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4702 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4703 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4705 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4709 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4710 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4711 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4712 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4713 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4714 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4715 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4718 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4719 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4723 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4724 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4725 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4727 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4729 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4732 /* Specify the colors. */
4733 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4736 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4739 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4742 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4748 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4749 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4752 char const *initial
= "";
4753 char const *val
= initial
;
4754 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4755 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4756 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4758 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4759 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4760 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4761 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4762 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4763 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4767 /* Define callbacks. */
4768 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4769 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4772 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4773 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4775 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4777 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4778 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4779 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4780 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4782 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4783 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4784 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4785 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4789 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4792 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4793 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4797 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4799 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4802 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4804 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4807 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4808 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4815 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4816 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4817 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4818 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4819 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4820 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4821 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4822 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4823 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4824 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4825 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4826 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4827 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4828 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4835 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4836 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4839 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4843 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4844 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4846 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4847 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4848 size
= max (size
, 1);
4850 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4851 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4852 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4854 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4856 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4862 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4863 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4867 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4869 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4870 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4871 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4875 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4876 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4877 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4880 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4881 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
4883 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4884 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4885 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4886 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4888 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4889 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4892 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4893 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4894 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4896 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4900 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4904 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4906 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4910 /************************************************************************
4911 Scroll bars, general
4912 ************************************************************************/
4914 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4915 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4916 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4919 static struct scroll_bar
*
4920 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4922 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4923 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4924 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4929 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4930 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4931 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4933 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4937 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4938 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4939 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4941 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4942 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4944 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4946 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4948 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4949 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4950 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4951 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4952 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4954 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4956 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4957 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4958 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4960 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4962 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4969 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4971 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4973 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4977 bar
->height
= height
;
4980 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4981 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4983 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4984 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4986 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
4987 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
4988 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4989 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4991 /* Map the window/widget. */
4992 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4995 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4998 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4999 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5001 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5002 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5003 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
5004 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5006 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5007 max (height
, 1), 0);
5008 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5009 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5011 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5012 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5013 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5020 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5022 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5024 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5025 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5026 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5029 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5030 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5031 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5032 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5033 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5036 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5038 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
5039 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5040 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5041 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5043 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5045 && start
== bar
->start
5052 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5053 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5054 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5056 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5057 the distance between start and end. */
5059 int length
= end
- start
;
5063 else if (start
> top_range
)
5065 end
= start
+ length
;
5069 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5073 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5077 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5078 if (end
> top_range
)
5081 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5082 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5083 that many pixels tall. */
5084 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5086 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5087 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5089 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5090 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5091 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5092 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5093 inside_width
, start
,
5096 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5097 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5098 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5099 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5101 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5102 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5103 /* x, y, width, height */
5104 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5105 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5106 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5108 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5109 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5110 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5111 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5113 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5114 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5115 if (end
< inside_height
)
5116 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5117 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5118 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5119 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5120 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5128 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5130 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5134 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5136 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5139 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5141 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5142 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5143 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5144 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5146 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5149 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5150 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
5156 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5157 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5158 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5162 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5164 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5166 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5167 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5168 int window_y
, window_height
;
5169 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5170 int fringe_extended_p
;
5173 /* Get window dimensions. */
5174 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5176 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5177 height
= window_height
;
5179 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5180 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5182 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5183 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5184 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5185 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5189 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5190 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5191 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5192 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5194 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5196 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5197 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5202 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5203 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5204 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5205 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5206 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5207 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5209 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5210 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5211 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5212 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5215 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5216 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5218 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5221 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5222 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5223 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5224 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5227 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5228 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5232 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5236 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5237 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5239 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5243 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5245 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5247 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5249 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5252 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5254 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5255 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5257 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5258 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5259 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5261 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5262 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5263 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5265 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5266 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5269 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5272 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5273 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5275 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5276 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5277 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5279 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5280 max (height
, 1), 0);
5281 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5283 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5285 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5286 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5287 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5289 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5290 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5292 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5293 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5294 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5298 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5299 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5300 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5303 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5304 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5305 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5307 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5308 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5309 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5310 rest
, height
, False
);
5312 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5313 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5317 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5322 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5324 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5326 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5330 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5332 /* Remember new settings. */
5333 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5335 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5336 bar
->height
= height
;
5341 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5342 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5344 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5345 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5346 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5348 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5350 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5353 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5356 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5357 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5358 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5361 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5363 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5364 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
5368 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5369 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5370 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5371 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5372 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5373 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5374 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5376 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5377 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5378 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5381 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR frame
)
5383 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5384 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5387 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5388 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
);
5389 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5390 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5391 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5392 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5393 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, bar
);
5398 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5399 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5402 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5404 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5408 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5409 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5412 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5414 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5415 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5416 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5418 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5420 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5421 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5423 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5424 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5425 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
5427 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5428 one or the other! */
5432 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5434 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5435 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5437 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5439 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5440 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5441 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5442 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5445 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5446 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5449 XTjudge_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR f
)
5451 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5453 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5455 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5456 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5457 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
5459 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5461 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5463 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5466 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5469 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5470 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5474 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5475 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5476 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5478 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5482 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5484 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5485 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5486 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5487 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5491 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5493 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5494 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5495 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5496 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5498 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5499 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5501 /* x, y, width, height */
5503 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5506 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5507 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5508 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5509 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5514 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5516 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5517 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5519 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5524 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5526 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5529 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5530 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5531 emacs_event
->modifiers
5532 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5533 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5534 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5535 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5538 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5539 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5540 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5543 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5544 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5547 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5550 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5551 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5552 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5554 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5556 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5557 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5558 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5559 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5561 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5562 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5564 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5565 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5569 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5570 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5574 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5576 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5578 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5582 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5584 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5586 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5589 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5591 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5592 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5594 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5595 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5597 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5599 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5601 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5606 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5608 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5609 on the scroll bar. */
5612 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5613 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5614 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5616 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5617 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5618 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5620 Window dummy_window
;
5622 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5626 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5628 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5630 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5631 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5632 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5634 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5637 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5643 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5645 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5647 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5648 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5652 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5656 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5658 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5659 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5660 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5661 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5662 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5663 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5665 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5667 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5668 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5671 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5674 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5680 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5681 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5682 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5686 x_scroll_bar_clear (FRAME_PTR f
)
5688 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5691 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5692 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5693 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5694 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5695 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5696 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5697 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5698 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5700 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5704 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5706 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5707 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5708 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5709 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5711 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5712 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5714 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5716 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5717 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5719 static int temp_index
;
5720 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5722 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5723 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5725 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5727 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5728 on a particular display. */
5730 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5732 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5733 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5734 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5735 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5737 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5739 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_GTK
5740 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5743 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5744 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = \
5745 xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5746 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5747 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5748 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5760 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5761 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5762 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5764 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5766 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5770 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5772 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5773 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5774 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5777 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5778 event
->xclient
.window
);
5780 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5785 static int current_count
;
5786 static int current_finish
;
5787 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5789 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5790 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5791 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5792 static GdkFilterReturn
5793 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5795 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5798 if (current_count
>= 0)
5800 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5802 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5805 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5806 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5807 so we do it here. */
5808 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5810 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5813 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5818 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5821 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5825 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5829 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5830 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5832 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5834 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5837 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5838 enum xembed_message
,
5839 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5841 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5843 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5844 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5845 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5847 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5850 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventptr
,
5851 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5854 struct input_event ie
;
5855 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5859 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5860 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5861 struct coding_system coding
;
5862 XEvent event
= *eventptr
;
5863 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5866 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5868 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5869 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5872 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5873 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5879 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5880 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5881 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5883 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5884 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5886 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5887 could be the shell widget window
5888 if the frame has no title bar. */
5889 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5891 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5892 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5893 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5895 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5896 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5897 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5898 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5899 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5902 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5903 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5904 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5905 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5908 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5909 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5910 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5913 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5914 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5915 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5917 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5918 /* The ICCCM says this is
5919 the only valid choice. */
5921 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5922 /* This is needed to detect the error
5923 if there is an error. */
5925 x_uncatch_errors ();
5927 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5932 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5933 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5935 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5936 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5937 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5938 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5939 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5940 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5941 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5942 session manager and one for this. */
5944 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5947 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5948 event
.xclient
.window
);
5949 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5950 for a single Emacs process. */
5951 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5952 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5953 event
.xclient
.window
,
5954 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5956 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5957 event
.xclient
.window
,
5963 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5964 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5966 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5967 event
.xclient
.window
);
5969 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5971 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5972 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5979 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5980 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5985 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5986 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5989 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5991 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5992 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5996 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
6003 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6004 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
6006 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6008 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
6012 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
6014 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
6015 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
6016 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
6017 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
6019 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
6020 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
6021 currently never do because we are interested in
6022 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6023 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6024 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6027 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6028 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6032 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6033 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6034 we construct an input_event. */
6035 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6036 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6038 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6039 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6042 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6044 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6045 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6046 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6048 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6049 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6050 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6052 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6056 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6058 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6061 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6062 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6066 case SelectionNotify
:
6067 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6068 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6069 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6071 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6072 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6075 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6076 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6077 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6078 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6080 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6082 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionclear
);
6084 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6085 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6086 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6087 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6091 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6092 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6093 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6094 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6096 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6098 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionrequest
);
6100 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6101 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6102 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6103 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6104 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6105 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6106 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6110 case PropertyNotify
:
6111 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6112 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6113 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6114 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
) && f
->iconified
6115 && f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
)
6117 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed. It hides
6118 the frame. So if our state says we aren't hidden anymore,
6119 treat it as deiconified. */
6120 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6121 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6122 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6123 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6124 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6125 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 0;
6126 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6127 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6130 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6131 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6134 case ReparentNotify
:
6135 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6139 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6140 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6144 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6145 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6146 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6148 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6153 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6157 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6158 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6159 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6160 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6161 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6164 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6166 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6167 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6168 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6169 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6173 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6174 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6178 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6179 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6181 #if defined USE_LUCID
6182 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6183 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6184 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6187 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6189 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6191 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6193 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6194 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6196 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6197 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6198 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6201 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6202 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6205 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6206 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6210 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6211 source area was obscured or not
6213 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6217 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6218 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6219 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6221 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6224 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6227 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6228 source area was completely
6233 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6234 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6237 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6240 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6241 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6242 the frame was deleted. */
6244 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6245 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6246 display that won't ever be seen. */
6247 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6248 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6249 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6250 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6251 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6252 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6253 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6254 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6256 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6258 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6259 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6265 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6266 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6267 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6270 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6271 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6272 frame is visible. */
6273 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6276 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6277 the frame's display structures.
6278 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6279 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6280 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6281 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6282 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6283 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6285 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6286 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6287 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6288 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6290 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6291 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6292 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6296 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6297 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6299 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6300 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6301 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6302 to update the frame titles
6303 in case this is the second frame. */
6304 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6307 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6314 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6315 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6317 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6318 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6319 if (popup_activated ())
6323 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6325 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6326 mouse highlighting. */
6327 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6329 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6331 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6332 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6335 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6338 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6339 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6340 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6342 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6344 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6345 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6348 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6352 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6353 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6354 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6357 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6358 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6359 status_return even if the input is too long to
6360 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6361 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6362 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6363 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6364 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6365 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6366 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6368 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6372 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6373 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6374 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6376 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6380 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6381 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6382 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6384 /* This will have to go some day... */
6386 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6387 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6388 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6389 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6390 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6391 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6392 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6394 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6395 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6396 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6397 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6398 not it is combined with Meta. */
6399 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6400 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6405 Status status_return
;
6407 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6408 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6409 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6410 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6412 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6414 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6415 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6416 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6417 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6418 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6421 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6422 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6424 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6429 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6430 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6434 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6435 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6438 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6439 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6443 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6444 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6445 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6448 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6449 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6451 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6452 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6454 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6455 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6457 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6458 translations to characters. */
6459 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6460 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6462 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6463 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6467 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6468 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6470 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6471 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6473 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6474 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6478 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6479 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6480 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6485 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6486 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6487 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6488 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6492 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6493 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6494 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6495 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6496 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6497 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6499 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6500 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6502 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6503 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6504 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6505 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6506 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6508 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6509 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6511 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6512 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6514 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6515 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6517 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6518 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6520 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6521 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6523 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6524 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6526 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6527 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6529 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6530 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6532 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6533 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6535 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6536 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6538 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6539 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6541 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6542 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6544 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6545 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6547 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6548 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6549 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6550 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6551 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6552 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6553 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6554 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6555 don't have real modifiers but
6556 should be treated similarly to
6557 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6558 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6559 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6560 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6564 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6565 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6567 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6568 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6572 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6576 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6578 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6580 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6583 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6585 /* Decode the input data. */
6587 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6588 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6589 we used just above and the locale. */
6590 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6591 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6592 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6593 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6594 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6595 gives us composition information. */
6596 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6598 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6600 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6601 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6602 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6603 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6604 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6605 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6608 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6609 character events. */
6610 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6613 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6614 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6616 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6617 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6618 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6619 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6621 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6626 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6628 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6634 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6635 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6643 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6645 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6646 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6654 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6655 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6657 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6659 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6660 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6662 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6663 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6664 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6665 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6667 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6668 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6669 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6670 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6675 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6679 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6680 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6682 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6685 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6687 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6688 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6689 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6690 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6693 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6694 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6695 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6696 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6697 if (any_help_event_p
)
6701 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6702 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6703 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6708 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6713 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6714 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6715 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6717 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6718 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6719 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6721 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6723 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6725 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6726 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6730 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6736 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6737 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6738 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6742 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6743 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6746 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6747 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6748 will be selected only when it is active. */
6749 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6750 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6751 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6752 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6753 create event iff we don't leave the
6755 && (focus_follows_mouse
6756 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6757 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6759 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6760 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6765 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6766 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6770 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6771 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6772 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6773 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6776 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6777 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6779 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6780 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6781 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6784 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6785 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6786 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6787 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6792 case ConfigureNotify
:
6793 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6796 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6797 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6799 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6800 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6806 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6808 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6809 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6811 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6812 is called by the code that handles resizing
6813 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6815 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6816 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6817 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6818 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6819 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6820 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6821 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6823 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6824 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6825 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6828 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6829 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6830 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6834 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6835 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6836 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6837 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6840 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6844 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6845 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6854 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6855 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6858 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6859 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6860 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6862 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6864 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6865 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6867 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6870 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6875 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6876 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6877 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6880 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6881 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6883 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6884 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6886 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6888 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6889 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6890 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6891 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6896 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6897 if (! popup_activated ())
6900 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6902 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6903 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6905 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6906 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6908 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6909 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6912 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6914 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6915 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6916 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6920 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6921 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6922 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6924 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6925 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6927 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6929 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6930 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6932 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6934 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6935 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6938 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6940 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6941 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6944 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6947 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6949 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6950 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6951 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6955 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6956 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6957 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6958 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6959 Instead, save it away
6960 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6961 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6962 if (! popup_activated ()
6964 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6965 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6967 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6968 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6969 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6970 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6971 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6972 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6973 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6974 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6976 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6977 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6978 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6980 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6982 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6987 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6991 case CirculateNotify
:
6994 case CirculateRequest
:
6997 case VisibilityNotify
:
7001 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
7003 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
7005 case MappingModifier
:
7006 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
7007 /* This is meant to fall through. */
7008 case MappingKeyboard
:
7009 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
7014 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
7019 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7021 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7022 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7024 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7029 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7031 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7036 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7041 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7047 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7048 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7049 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7053 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7054 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7064 #if defined USE_GTK || defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
7066 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7067 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7068 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7070 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7072 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
7074 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7075 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7077 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7080 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7087 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7088 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7090 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7091 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7092 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7096 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7099 int event_found
= 0;
7103 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7104 input_signal_count
++;
7106 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7107 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7109 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7110 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7114 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7119 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7122 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7123 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7128 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7129 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7131 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7139 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7140 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7141 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7142 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7144 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7145 from all displays. */
7147 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7149 current_count
= count
;
7150 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7152 gtk_main_iteration ();
7154 count
= current_count
;
7156 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7158 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7161 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7163 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7164 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7167 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7168 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7169 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7171 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7175 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7176 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7178 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7180 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7181 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7185 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7187 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7188 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7190 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7191 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7202 /***********************************************************************
7204 ***********************************************************************/
7206 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7207 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7209 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7210 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7211 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7214 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7216 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7217 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7218 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7220 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7222 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7223 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7224 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7225 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7226 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7228 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7232 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7235 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7237 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7238 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7239 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7242 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7245 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7246 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7247 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7248 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7251 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7252 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7253 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7255 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7256 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7257 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7258 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7259 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7261 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7262 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7263 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7265 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7266 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7267 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7268 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7272 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7274 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7275 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7276 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7280 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7282 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7283 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7285 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7286 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7288 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7289 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7292 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7293 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7294 the bar might not be in the window. */
7295 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7297 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7298 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7299 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7303 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7304 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7305 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7306 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7307 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7310 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7311 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7312 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7313 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7314 that the glyph is legible. */
7315 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7316 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7318 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7319 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7322 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7325 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7326 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7329 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7331 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7333 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7336 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7337 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7339 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7341 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7342 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7343 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7344 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7346 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7347 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7348 width
, row
->height
);
7352 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7355 width
= row
->height
;
7357 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7359 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7360 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7362 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7363 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7364 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7365 row
->height
- width
),
7366 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7369 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7374 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7377 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7379 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7380 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7381 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7382 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7386 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7389 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7391 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7392 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7394 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7395 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7396 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7401 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7404 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
, int y
, int cursor_type
, int cursor_width
, int on_p
, int active_p
)
7406 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7410 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7411 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7413 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7414 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7415 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7416 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7418 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7419 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7423 switch (cursor_type
)
7425 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7426 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7429 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7430 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7434 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7438 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7442 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7451 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7452 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7453 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7458 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7465 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7468 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7470 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7472 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7475 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7476 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7477 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7478 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7483 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7484 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7485 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7487 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7488 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7489 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7493 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7494 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7500 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7501 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7504 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7506 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7508 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7512 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7515 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7516 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7520 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7521 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7525 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7526 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7527 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7528 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7529 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7531 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7534 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7535 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7541 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7542 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7545 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7547 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7552 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7553 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7555 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7556 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7559 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7560 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7561 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7562 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7567 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7569 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7570 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7572 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7573 be called from a signal handler.
7576 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7577 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7579 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7581 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7583 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7584 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7585 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7588 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7590 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7591 x_error_message
->string
,
7592 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7595 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7596 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7599 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7600 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7601 stored in *x_error_message.
7603 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7604 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7606 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7609 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7611 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
7613 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7617 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7618 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7619 x_error_message
= data
;
7622 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7623 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7626 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7628 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7632 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7633 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7634 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7635 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7637 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7638 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7643 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7644 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7645 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7648 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7650 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7653 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7655 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7656 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7657 x_uncatch_errors ();
7658 error (format
, string
);
7662 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7663 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7666 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7668 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7671 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7674 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7677 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7679 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7682 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7683 * idea. --lorentey */
7684 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7687 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7689 while (x_error_message
)
7690 x_uncatch_errors ();
7695 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7698 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7703 /************************************************************************
7705 ************************************************************************/
7707 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7709 static char *error_msg
;
7711 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7712 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7715 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7717 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7718 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7719 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7721 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7722 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7724 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7725 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7729 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7731 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7732 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7735 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7736 that are on the dead display. */
7737 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7739 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7741 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7742 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7743 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7744 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7745 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7746 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7749 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7750 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7751 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7752 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7753 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7754 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7756 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7757 trying to find a replacement. */
7758 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
7759 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7762 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7763 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7766 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7767 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7768 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7770 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7771 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7772 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7773 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7774 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
7775 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7776 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7777 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7778 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7781 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7783 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7784 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7786 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7787 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7788 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7789 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7794 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7795 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7799 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7801 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7802 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7806 totally_unblock_input ();
7808 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7809 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7811 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7812 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7814 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7815 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7816 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7817 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7820 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7821 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7822 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7824 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7825 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7828 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7831 if (event
->error_code
== BadMatch
7832 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
7833 && event
->minor_code
== 0)
7839 if (x_error_message
)
7840 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7842 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7846 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7847 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7848 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7850 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7852 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7853 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7855 static void NO_INLINE
7856 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7858 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7860 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7861 or colors that are not defined. */
7863 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7866 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7867 original error handler. */
7869 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7870 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7871 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7872 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7876 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7877 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7878 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7881 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7885 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
7886 DisplayString (display
));
7887 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7891 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7893 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7894 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7895 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7899 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7901 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7904 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7905 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7906 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7907 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7911 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7912 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7913 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7914 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
7915 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7917 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7919 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7920 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7922 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7923 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7924 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7928 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7929 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7932 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7934 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7935 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7936 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7937 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7938 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7943 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7946 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7955 /***********************************************************************
7957 ***********************************************************************/
7963 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7964 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7965 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7968 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7970 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7971 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7975 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7976 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7978 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7979 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7981 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7982 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7986 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7987 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7988 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7992 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7995 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7996 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
7999 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8000 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8003 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8011 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8012 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8019 XIMCallback destroy
;
8022 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8023 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8026 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8027 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8028 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8034 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8035 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8039 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8041 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8042 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8043 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8044 when the callback was registered. */
8047 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8049 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8050 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8052 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8056 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8058 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8059 as they have no XIC. */
8060 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8062 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8065 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8067 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8070 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8071 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8073 create_frame_xic (f
);
8074 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8075 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8076 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8078 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8079 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8088 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8091 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8092 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8093 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8094 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8097 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8099 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8103 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8104 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
8107 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8108 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8109 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8110 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8111 memcpy (xim_inst
->resource_name
, resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8112 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8113 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8114 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8115 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8116 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8117 least, hence the configure test. */
8118 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8119 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8120 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8121 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8123 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8127 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8130 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8135 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8136 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8137 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8139 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8140 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8141 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8142 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8143 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8144 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8145 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8146 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8148 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8151 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8155 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8156 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8159 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8161 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8163 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8164 is already for the top-left corner. */
8165 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8168 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8169 position that fits on the screen. */
8170 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8171 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8172 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8175 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8177 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8178 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8179 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8181 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8182 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8183 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8184 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8187 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8188 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8190 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8193 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8194 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8195 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8198 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8199 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8200 so the flags should correspond. */
8201 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8204 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8205 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8206 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8207 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8208 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8211 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8213 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8215 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8217 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8218 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8222 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8224 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8226 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8227 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8229 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8232 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8234 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8235 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8237 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8239 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8240 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8241 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8242 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8243 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8246 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8247 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8249 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8250 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8253 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8254 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8255 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8256 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8259 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8260 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8261 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8263 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8264 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8265 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8266 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8267 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8268 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8273 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8274 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8275 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8276 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8277 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8280 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8283 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8284 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8285 Window wmcheck_window
;
8286 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8287 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8288 long max_len
= 65536;
8289 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8290 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8291 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8295 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8296 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8297 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8298 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8299 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8300 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8302 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8304 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8305 x_uncatch_errors ();
8310 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8313 /* Check if window exists. */
8314 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8316 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8318 x_uncatch_errors ();
8323 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8325 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8326 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8327 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8328 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8329 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8330 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8332 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8334 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8335 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8336 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8337 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8338 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8340 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8342 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8343 x_uncatch_errors ();
8348 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8349 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8350 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8355 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8356 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8358 x_uncatch_errors ();
8365 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8367 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8369 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8370 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8372 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8374 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8376 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8378 ? Fcons (make_fixnum_or_float (value
), Qnil
)
8383 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8386 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8388 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8390 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8391 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8394 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8395 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8396 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8398 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8401 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8407 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8408 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8409 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8410 long max_len
= 65536;
8411 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8412 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8413 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8416 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8419 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8420 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8421 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8422 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8423 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8425 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8427 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8428 x_uncatch_errors ();
8430 return ! f
->iconified
;
8433 x_uncatch_errors ();
8435 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8437 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8438 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8441 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 1;
8443 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8445 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8446 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8448 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8450 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8452 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8453 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8455 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8457 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8458 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8459 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8463 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8468 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8471 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8473 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8474 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8477 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8479 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8480 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8482 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8484 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8488 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8490 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8491 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8492 are sent at once. */
8493 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8495 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8496 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8497 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8498 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8499 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8500 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8502 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8503 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8504 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8505 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8506 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8507 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8508 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8510 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8511 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8512 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8513 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8514 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8515 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8516 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8518 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8519 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8520 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8521 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8522 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8524 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8525 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8526 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8528 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8529 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8532 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8536 return have_net_atom
;
8540 XTfullscreen_hook (FRAME_PTR f
)
8542 if (f
->async_visible
)
8545 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8553 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8555 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8558 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8563 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8566 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8569 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8572 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8577 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8578 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8583 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8584 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8586 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8588 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8591 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8592 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8594 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8595 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8596 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8598 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8600 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8601 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8603 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8605 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8606 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8607 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8608 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8609 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8611 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8612 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8614 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8615 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8618 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8623 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8624 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8625 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8626 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8627 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8628 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8629 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8632 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8634 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8636 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8637 window manager window around the frame. */
8639 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8641 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8643 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8648 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8649 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8650 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8652 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8654 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8655 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8657 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8658 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8660 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8663 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8664 frame's position. */
8666 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8670 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8671 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8672 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8673 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8674 of an exact comparison. */
8677 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8681 while (count
++ < 50)
8683 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8685 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8686 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8689 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8690 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8694 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8697 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8698 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8701 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8705 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8706 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8708 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8712 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8714 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8716 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8719 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8720 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8722 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8723 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8725 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8726 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8727 tmo
= make_emacs_time (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
8728 tmo_at
= add_emacs_time (current_emacs_time (), tmo
);
8730 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8732 pending_signals
= 1;
8733 totally_unblock_input ();
8734 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8736 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8741 time_now
= current_emacs_time ();
8742 if (EMACS_TIME_LT (tmo_at
, time_now
))
8745 tmo
= sub_emacs_time (tmo_at
, time_now
);
8746 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
8747 break; /* Timeout */
8749 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8750 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8754 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8755 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8756 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8757 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8760 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8762 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8764 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8765 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8766 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8768 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8770 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8772 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8773 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8774 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8775 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8777 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8778 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8779 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8780 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8783 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8784 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8785 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8786 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8787 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8789 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8790 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8791 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8792 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8794 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8795 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8796 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8797 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8798 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8800 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8803 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8804 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8805 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8806 if (f
->async_visible
)
8807 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8810 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8811 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8812 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8818 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8819 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8820 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8821 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8824 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8828 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8832 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8833 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8834 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8835 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8836 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8837 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8838 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8839 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8840 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8841 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8843 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8845 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8846 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8847 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8848 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8849 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8850 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8851 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8855 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8856 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8858 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8859 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8861 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8863 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8865 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8866 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8868 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8869 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8870 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8871 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8872 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8877 /* Mouse warping. */
8880 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8884 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8885 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8887 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8888 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8890 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8891 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8895 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8896 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8900 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8903 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8907 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8908 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8912 /* Raise frame F. */
8915 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8918 if (f
->async_visible
)
8919 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8921 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8925 /* Lower frame F. */
8928 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8930 if (f
->async_visible
)
8933 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8934 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8939 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
8942 xembed_request_focus (FRAME_PTR f
)
8944 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
8945 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
8946 if (f
->async_visible
)
8947 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
8948 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
8951 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8954 x_ewmh_activate_frame (FRAME_PTR f
)
8956 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8957 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8959 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8960 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8963 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8964 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8965 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8967 Fcons (make_number (1),
8968 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
8974 XTframe_raise_lower (FRAME_PTR f
, int raise_flag
)
8982 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8984 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
8986 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8988 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
8991 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8993 unsigned long data
[2];
8994 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8996 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
8999 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9000 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
9001 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9003 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
9006 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
9007 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
9011 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9012 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9013 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9014 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9015 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
9016 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
9017 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9018 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9019 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9021 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9022 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9023 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9026 /* Change of visibility. */
9028 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9029 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9030 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9031 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9032 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9033 finishes with it. */
9036 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9039 int original_top
, original_left
;
9040 int retry_count
= 2;
9046 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9048 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9050 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9052 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9053 call x_set_offset a second time
9054 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9055 before the window gets really visible. */
9056 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9057 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9058 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9059 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9061 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9063 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9064 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9065 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9066 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9067 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9070 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9071 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9073 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9075 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9076 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9078 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9079 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9081 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9082 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9083 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9086 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9088 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9089 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9090 so that incoming events are handled. */
9094 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9095 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9096 will set it when they are handled. */
9097 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9099 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9100 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9102 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9105 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9107 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9108 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9109 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9110 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9112 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9113 because the window manager may choose the position
9114 and we don't want to override it. */
9116 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9117 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9118 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9119 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9120 && previously_visible
)
9124 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9128 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9129 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9130 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9131 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9132 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9133 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9134 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9135 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9136 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9138 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9139 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9140 original_left
, original_top
);
9145 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9147 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9148 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9149 MapNotify at all.. */
9150 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9151 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9153 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9156 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9157 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9158 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9159 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9160 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9162 if (input_polling_used ())
9164 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9165 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9166 handler reset it. */
9167 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9168 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9169 poll_for_input_1 ();
9170 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9173 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9174 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9179 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9183 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9184 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9185 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9186 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9188 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
!= 0)
9193 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9195 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9198 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9202 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9203 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9205 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9206 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9207 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9211 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9212 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9213 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9214 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9215 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9216 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9219 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9220 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9223 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9224 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9229 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9230 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9233 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9237 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9238 just by the event that we get from the server.
9239 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9240 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9241 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9243 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9244 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9245 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9252 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9255 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9257 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9262 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9263 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9264 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9266 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9271 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9273 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9275 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9277 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9278 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9280 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9281 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9283 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9286 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9287 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9293 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9295 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9297 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9298 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9299 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9300 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9301 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9302 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9303 so we have to record it here. */
9306 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9307 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9312 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9313 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9314 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9318 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9320 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9321 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9325 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9327 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9329 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9330 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9331 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9332 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9333 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9334 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9336 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9337 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9339 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9340 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9344 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9345 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9346 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9347 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9348 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9350 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9351 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9353 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9357 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9361 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9363 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9365 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9367 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9368 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9371 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9372 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9374 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9376 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9380 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9383 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9385 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9386 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9387 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9389 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9394 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9395 commands to the X server. */
9396 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9398 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9399 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9401 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9402 free_frame_faces (f
);
9404 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9405 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9407 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9408 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9409 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9410 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9411 toolkit scroll bars. */
9412 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9414 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9415 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9424 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9425 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9427 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9428 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9430 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9431 we are using a toolkit. */
9432 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9433 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9435 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9436 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9439 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9440 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9442 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9443 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9444 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9446 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9447 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9448 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9449 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9450 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9451 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9453 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9454 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9455 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9456 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9457 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9458 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9459 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9460 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9461 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9462 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9463 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9464 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9465 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9466 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9467 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9470 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9473 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9474 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9475 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9477 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9478 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9479 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9480 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9481 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9482 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9484 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9486 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9487 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9488 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9489 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9490 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9491 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9498 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9501 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9503 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9505 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9506 commands to the X server. */
9507 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9508 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9510 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9514 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9516 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9517 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9518 that the window now has.
9519 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
9520 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9521 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
9525 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
9527 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9528 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9530 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9531 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9533 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9538 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9539 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9541 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9542 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9544 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9545 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9547 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9548 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9549 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9550 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9551 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9552 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9554 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9556 int base_width
, base_height
;
9557 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9559 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9560 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9562 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9564 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9565 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9566 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9567 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9568 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9570 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9571 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9572 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9574 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9575 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9576 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9577 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9578 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9581 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9584 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9589 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9590 long supplied_return
;
9593 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9597 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9602 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9603 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9604 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9605 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9606 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9607 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9608 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9609 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9616 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9617 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9621 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9622 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9624 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9626 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9628 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9630 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9633 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9635 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9638 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9639 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9640 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9641 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9643 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9644 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9646 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9647 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9651 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9653 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9655 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9656 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9661 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9662 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9663 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9664 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9668 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9676 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9680 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9684 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9685 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9686 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9687 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9690 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9692 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9693 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9695 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9699 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9701 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9703 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9704 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9705 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9707 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9711 /***********************************************************************
9713 ***********************************************************************/
9717 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9721 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9723 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9724 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9725 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9728 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
9731 /***********************************************************************
9733 ***********************************************************************/
9735 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9736 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9737 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9738 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9740 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9741 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9742 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9744 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9745 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9746 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9747 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9748 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9749 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9750 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9753 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9755 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9757 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9759 static int x_initialized
;
9761 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9762 the screen number from the server number. */
9764 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9767 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9768 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9769 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9771 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9772 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9773 length_until_period
++;
9775 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9776 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9778 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9780 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9781 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9782 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9783 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9784 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9785 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9786 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9787 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9788 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9789 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9790 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9791 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9792 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9793 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9795 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9799 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9803 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9804 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9807 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9808 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9811 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9832 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9833 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9836 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9841 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9843 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9851 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9852 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9854 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9855 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9859 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9860 the structure that describes the open display.
9861 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9863 struct x_display_info
*
9864 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9868 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9869 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9871 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
;
9882 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9883 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9889 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9890 char **argv2
= argv
;
9893 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9895 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9899 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9900 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9902 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9906 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9908 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9910 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9911 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9914 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9915 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9917 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9919 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9920 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9922 static char fix_events
[] = "GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1";
9923 putenv (fix_events
);
9926 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9927 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9928 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9929 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9931 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
9932 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
9933 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9935 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
9937 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9940 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9944 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9946 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION <= 2 && GTK_MINOR_VERSION <= 90
9947 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9949 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9950 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9952 s
= build_string (file
);
9953 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9955 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9956 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
9960 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9961 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9964 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9965 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9966 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9968 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9969 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9970 So let's not use it until R6. */
9972 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9983 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9984 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9986 turn_on_atimers (0);
9987 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
9988 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9989 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9991 turn_on_atimers (1);
9994 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9999 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10000 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10001 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
10002 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10003 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10005 /* Detect failure. */
10012 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10014 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10015 hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
10017 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10020 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10023 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10024 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10025 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10026 SSDATA (display_name
)))
10029 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10032 terminal
->kboard
= xmalloc (sizeof *terminal
->kboard
);
10033 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10034 kset_window_system (terminal
->kboard
, Qx
);
10036 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
10037 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
10038 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
10039 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10040 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10042 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10044 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10046 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10047 list of terminals. */
10048 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10049 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10050 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10051 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10053 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10054 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10056 kset_system_key_alist
10058 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10059 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
10061 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10062 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10066 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10067 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10068 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10069 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10070 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10072 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10075 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10076 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10077 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10079 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10080 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10081 x_display_name_list
);
10082 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10084 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10086 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10087 terminal
->name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10088 memcpy (terminal
->name
, SSDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10089 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10092 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10095 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
10096 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
10097 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
10098 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10099 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
) + 2);
10100 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
10101 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10103 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10104 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10106 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10108 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10109 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10110 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10112 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10113 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10115 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10116 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10117 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10118 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10120 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10122 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10124 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10126 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10127 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10128 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10129 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10130 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10131 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10132 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10133 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10134 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10135 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10136 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10137 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10138 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10139 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10140 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10141 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10142 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10143 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10144 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10145 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10146 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10147 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10148 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10149 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10150 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10151 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10152 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10154 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10155 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10156 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10158 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10160 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10161 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10162 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10163 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10164 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10165 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10168 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10169 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10171 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10174 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10175 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10176 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10178 if (STRINGP (value
)
10179 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10180 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10181 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10185 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10186 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10190 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10191 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10192 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10193 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10194 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10196 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10198 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10199 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10203 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10205 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10206 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10207 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10208 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10209 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10210 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10211 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10212 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10213 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10222 { "WM_PROTOCOLS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
},
10223 { "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
},
10224 { "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
},
10225 { "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
},
10226 { "WM_CHANGE_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
},
10227 { "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
},
10228 { "WM_MOVED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
},
10229 { "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
},
10230 { "Editres", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
},
10231 { "CLIPBOARD", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
},
10232 { "TIMESTAMP", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
},
10233 { "TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
},
10234 { "COMPOUND_TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
},
10235 { "UTF8_STRING", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
},
10236 { "DELETE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
},
10237 { "MULTIPLE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
},
10238 { "INCR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
},
10239 { "_EMACS_TMP_", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
},
10240 { "TARGETS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
},
10241 { "NULL", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
},
10242 { "ATOM", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM
},
10243 { "ATOM_PAIR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
},
10244 { "CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
},
10245 { "_XEMBED_INFO", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
},
10246 /* For properties of font. */
10247 { "PIXEL_SIZE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
},
10248 { "AVERAGE_WIDTH", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
},
10249 { "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
},
10250 { "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
},
10251 { "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
},
10252 /* Ghostscript support. */
10253 { "DONE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
},
10254 { "PAGE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
},
10255 { "SCROLLBAR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
},
10256 { "_XEMBED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
},
10258 { "_NET_WM_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
},
10259 { "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
},
10260 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10261 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
},
10262 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10263 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
},
10264 { "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
},
10265 { "_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
},
10266 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
},
10267 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10268 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
},
10269 { "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
},
10270 { "_NET_WM_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_name
},
10271 { "_NET_SUPPORTED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
},
10272 { "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
},
10273 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
},
10274 { "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
},
10275 { "_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_frame_extents
},
10276 /* Session management */
10277 { "SM_CLIENT_ID", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
},
10278 { "_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_prop
},
10279 { "MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_mgr
},
10283 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10284 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10285 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10286 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atoms_return
);
10287 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atom_names
);
10288 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
10289 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
10290 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
10292 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10293 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10295 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10296 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
10297 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10298 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10300 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10301 False
, atoms_return
);
10303 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10304 *atom_refs
[i
].atom
= atoms_return
[i
];
10306 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10307 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10309 xfree (atom_names
);
10310 xfree (atoms_return
);
10313 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10314 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10315 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
10316 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10318 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10319 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10320 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10322 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10323 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10325 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10326 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
10330 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10333 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10335 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10336 if (connection
!= 0)
10337 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10340 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10341 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10343 if (interrupt_input
)
10344 init_sigio (connection
);
10348 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10351 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10352 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10353 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10354 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10355 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10356 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10357 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10358 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10359 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10361 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10362 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10363 x_uncatch_errors ();
10367 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10368 for debugging X code. */
10371 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10372 build_string ("synchronous"),
10373 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10375 if (STRINGP (value
)
10376 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10377 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10378 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10383 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10384 build_string ("useXIM"),
10385 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10388 if (STRINGP (value
)
10389 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10390 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10393 if (STRINGP (value
)
10394 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10395 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10401 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10402 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10404 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10405 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10413 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10414 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10417 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10419 struct terminal
*t
;
10421 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10423 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10424 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10427 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10428 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10429 x_session_close ();
10431 delete_terminal (t
);
10435 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10437 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10438 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10439 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10440 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10441 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10446 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10447 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10449 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10451 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10454 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10458 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10459 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10461 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10462 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10465 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10467 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10468 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10469 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10472 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10473 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10474 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10478 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10480 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10481 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10482 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10483 that slows us down. */
10486 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10489 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10490 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10492 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10493 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10494 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10495 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10500 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10501 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10502 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10503 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10504 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10505 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10506 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10509 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10512 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10514 EMACS_TIME interval
= make_emacs_time (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10515 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10516 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10521 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10524 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10526 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10528 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10532 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10534 x_after_update_window_line
,
10535 x_update_window_begin
,
10536 x_update_window_end
,
10542 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10544 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10545 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10546 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10547 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10548 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10549 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10550 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10551 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10552 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10553 x_clear_frame_area
,
10554 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10555 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10556 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10560 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10562 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10564 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10566 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10567 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10568 if (!terminal
->name
)
10573 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10576 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10579 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10580 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10581 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10583 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10584 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10586 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10587 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10588 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10589 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10591 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10592 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10593 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10594 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10595 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10596 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10597 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10598 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10599 leaks in other situations. */
10601 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10602 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10604 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10606 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10607 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10608 closing all the displays. */
10609 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10613 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10615 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10616 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10618 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10620 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10623 /* Mark as dead. */
10624 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10625 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10629 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10630 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10632 static struct terminal
*
10633 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10635 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10637 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10639 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10640 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10641 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10643 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10645 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10646 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10647 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10648 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10649 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10650 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10651 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10652 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10653 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10654 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10655 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10656 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10657 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10658 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10659 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10660 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10661 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10662 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10663 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10664 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10666 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10667 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10669 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10670 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10671 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10672 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10673 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10674 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10681 x_initialize (void)
10686 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10687 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10688 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10691 current_count
= -1;
10694 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10695 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10697 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10698 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10700 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10702 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10703 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10704 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10705 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10706 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10707 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10708 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10710 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10713 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10715 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10716 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10720 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10721 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10722 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10724 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10725 original error handler. */
10726 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10727 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10732 syms_of_xterm (void)
10734 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10736 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10737 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10739 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10740 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10742 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10743 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10745 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10746 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10749 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10750 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10752 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10755 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10756 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10757 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10758 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10759 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10760 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10761 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10763 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10765 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10766 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10767 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10768 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10769 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10770 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10771 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10773 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10774 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10775 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10776 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10777 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10778 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10779 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10780 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10781 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10783 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10784 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10785 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10786 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10787 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10788 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
10789 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10791 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10792 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10793 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10795 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10797 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10800 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10803 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10804 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10806 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10807 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10808 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10809 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10810 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10811 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10812 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10813 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10814 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10816 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10817 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10818 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10819 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10820 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10821 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10823 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10824 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10825 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10826 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10827 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10828 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10830 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10831 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10832 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10833 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10834 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10835 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10837 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10838 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10839 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10840 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10841 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10842 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10844 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10845 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10846 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
10847 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10848 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10852 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */